E-Rate. & The Spring ISD Technology Plan. By: La’Kisha Williams Lamar University Educational Technology Leadership Graduate Studies EDLD 5362 “Information Systems Management”. Agenda. National Educational Technology Plan E-Rate Spring ISD Technology Plan - PowerPoint PPT Presentation
transcript
E-Rateamp
The Spring ISD Technology Plan
>
By LarsquoKisha Williams
Lamar University Educational Technology Leadership
Graduate Studies
EDLD 5362 ldquoInformation Systems Managementrdquo
>
Agenda
National Educational Technology Plan E-Rate Spring ISD Technology Plan Improved Draft Technology Plan for Spring
ISD Conclusion Resources
>
National Educational Technology Plan
ldquoBy 2020 America will once again have the highest proportion of college graduates in the worldrdquomdashPresident Barack Obama Address to Congress February 24 2009
>
Netp Purpose
Transforming American Education
Through the Use of Technology
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp-2010
>
Targeted Areas for Goals
Learning Engage and Empower Assessment Measure What Matters Teacher Preparation and Connect Infrastructure Access and Enable Productivity Redesign and Transform
E-RATE Schools amp Libraries Program of the Universal
Service Fund
Discounts to schools for telecommunication amp Internet
To apply schools must have Technology Plan
Spring ISD Technology Plan
Objective
Every Class will provide frequent opportunities to use technology tools for
student learninghelliphellip
>
Strategy 1
Specific technology tools amp examples into curricula
Strategy 1 Resources- Curricula Instructional
Technology tools
Positions Involved- Exec Director for Curriculum Design
Assessments- Formative(May 2012)
Summative (May 2015)
Strategy 2
Expand student portal beyond pilot plan
Strategy 2 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative(Nov 2011)
Summative (May 2012)
Strategy 3
Implement Google Apps for Education for Students
Strategy 3 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative Nov 2011Summative May 2012
Strategy 4
Desktop Virtualization to extend hardware life
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
>
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
By LarsquoKisha Williams
Lamar University Educational Technology Leadership
Graduate Studies
EDLD 5362 ldquoInformation Systems Managementrdquo
>
Agenda
National Educational Technology Plan E-Rate Spring ISD Technology Plan Improved Draft Technology Plan for Spring
ISD Conclusion Resources
>
National Educational Technology Plan
ldquoBy 2020 America will once again have the highest proportion of college graduates in the worldrdquomdashPresident Barack Obama Address to Congress February 24 2009
>
Netp Purpose
Transforming American Education
Through the Use of Technology
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp-2010
>
Targeted Areas for Goals
Learning Engage and Empower Assessment Measure What Matters Teacher Preparation and Connect Infrastructure Access and Enable Productivity Redesign and Transform
E-RATE Schools amp Libraries Program of the Universal
Service Fund
Discounts to schools for telecommunication amp Internet
To apply schools must have Technology Plan
Spring ISD Technology Plan
Objective
Every Class will provide frequent opportunities to use technology tools for
student learninghelliphellip
>
Strategy 1
Specific technology tools amp examples into curricula
Strategy 1 Resources- Curricula Instructional
Technology tools
Positions Involved- Exec Director for Curriculum Design
Assessments- Formative(May 2012)
Summative (May 2015)
Strategy 2
Expand student portal beyond pilot plan
Strategy 2 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative(Nov 2011)
Summative (May 2012)
Strategy 3
Implement Google Apps for Education for Students
Strategy 3 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative Nov 2011Summative May 2012
Strategy 4
Desktop Virtualization to extend hardware life
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
>
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Agenda
National Educational Technology Plan E-Rate Spring ISD Technology Plan Improved Draft Technology Plan for Spring
ISD Conclusion Resources
>
National Educational Technology Plan
ldquoBy 2020 America will once again have the highest proportion of college graduates in the worldrdquomdashPresident Barack Obama Address to Congress February 24 2009
>
Netp Purpose
Transforming American Education
Through the Use of Technology
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp-2010
>
Targeted Areas for Goals
Learning Engage and Empower Assessment Measure What Matters Teacher Preparation and Connect Infrastructure Access and Enable Productivity Redesign and Transform
E-RATE Schools amp Libraries Program of the Universal
Service Fund
Discounts to schools for telecommunication amp Internet
To apply schools must have Technology Plan
Spring ISD Technology Plan
Objective
Every Class will provide frequent opportunities to use technology tools for
student learninghelliphellip
>
Strategy 1
Specific technology tools amp examples into curricula
Strategy 1 Resources- Curricula Instructional
Technology tools
Positions Involved- Exec Director for Curriculum Design
Assessments- Formative(May 2012)
Summative (May 2015)
Strategy 2
Expand student portal beyond pilot plan
Strategy 2 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative(Nov 2011)
Summative (May 2012)
Strategy 3
Implement Google Apps for Education for Students
Strategy 3 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative Nov 2011Summative May 2012
Strategy 4
Desktop Virtualization to extend hardware life
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
>
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
National Educational Technology Plan
ldquoBy 2020 America will once again have the highest proportion of college graduates in the worldrdquomdashPresident Barack Obama Address to Congress February 24 2009
>
Netp Purpose
Transforming American Education
Through the Use of Technology
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp-2010
>
Targeted Areas for Goals
Learning Engage and Empower Assessment Measure What Matters Teacher Preparation and Connect Infrastructure Access and Enable Productivity Redesign and Transform
E-RATE Schools amp Libraries Program of the Universal
Service Fund
Discounts to schools for telecommunication amp Internet
To apply schools must have Technology Plan
Spring ISD Technology Plan
Objective
Every Class will provide frequent opportunities to use technology tools for
student learninghelliphellip
>
Strategy 1
Specific technology tools amp examples into curricula
Strategy 1 Resources- Curricula Instructional
Technology tools
Positions Involved- Exec Director for Curriculum Design
Assessments- Formative(May 2012)
Summative (May 2015)
Strategy 2
Expand student portal beyond pilot plan
Strategy 2 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative(Nov 2011)
Summative (May 2012)
Strategy 3
Implement Google Apps for Education for Students
Strategy 3 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative Nov 2011Summative May 2012
Strategy 4
Desktop Virtualization to extend hardware life
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
>
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Netp Purpose
Transforming American Education
Through the Use of Technology
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp-2010
>
Targeted Areas for Goals
Learning Engage and Empower Assessment Measure What Matters Teacher Preparation and Connect Infrastructure Access and Enable Productivity Redesign and Transform
E-RATE Schools amp Libraries Program of the Universal
Service Fund
Discounts to schools for telecommunication amp Internet
To apply schools must have Technology Plan
Spring ISD Technology Plan
Objective
Every Class will provide frequent opportunities to use technology tools for
student learninghelliphellip
>
Strategy 1
Specific technology tools amp examples into curricula
Strategy 1 Resources- Curricula Instructional
Technology tools
Positions Involved- Exec Director for Curriculum Design
Assessments- Formative(May 2012)
Summative (May 2015)
Strategy 2
Expand student portal beyond pilot plan
Strategy 2 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative(Nov 2011)
Summative (May 2012)
Strategy 3
Implement Google Apps for Education for Students
Strategy 3 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative Nov 2011Summative May 2012
Strategy 4
Desktop Virtualization to extend hardware life
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
>
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Targeted Areas for Goals
Learning Engage and Empower Assessment Measure What Matters Teacher Preparation and Connect Infrastructure Access and Enable Productivity Redesign and Transform
E-RATE Schools amp Libraries Program of the Universal
Service Fund
Discounts to schools for telecommunication amp Internet
To apply schools must have Technology Plan
Spring ISD Technology Plan
Objective
Every Class will provide frequent opportunities to use technology tools for
student learninghelliphellip
>
Strategy 1
Specific technology tools amp examples into curricula
Strategy 1 Resources- Curricula Instructional
Technology tools
Positions Involved- Exec Director for Curriculum Design
Assessments- Formative(May 2012)
Summative (May 2015)
Strategy 2
Expand student portal beyond pilot plan
Strategy 2 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative(Nov 2011)
Summative (May 2012)
Strategy 3
Implement Google Apps for Education for Students
Strategy 3 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative Nov 2011Summative May 2012
Strategy 4
Desktop Virtualization to extend hardware life
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
>
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
>
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
>
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
>
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
>
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
>
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
>
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
>
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
>
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
>
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
>
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Professional Development Strategy
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
>
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
>
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
>
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
>
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
>
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
>
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Where We Need to Be Draft Technology Plan (Patterned after CY-F
Goal 1
Objective 11
Slide 23
Slide 24
Slide 25
Slide 26
Slide 27
Objective 12
Slide 29
Slide 30
Slide 31
Slide 32
Objective 13
Slide 34
Slide 35
Slide 36
Slide 37
Slide 38
Slide 39
Slide 40
Objective 14
Slide 42
Slide 43
Slide 44
Objective 15
Slide 46
Slide 47
Slide 48
Slide 49
Slide 50
Objective 16
Slide 52
Slide 53
Slide 54
Slide 55
Goal 2
Objective 21
Slide 58
Slide 59
Slide 60
Slide 61
Objective 22
Slide 63
Slide 64
Slide 65
Objective 23
Slide 67
Slide 68
Slide 69
Slide 70
Objective 24
Slide 72
Slide 73
Slide 74
Objective 25
Slide 76
Slide 77
Slide 78
Slide 79
Objective 26
Slide 81
Slide 82
Slide 83
Goal 3
Objective 31
Slide 86
Slide 87
Slide 88
Slide 89
Slide 90
Slide 91
Objective 32
Slide 93
Slide 94
Slide 95
Slide 96
Objective 33
Slide 98
Objective 34
Slide 100
Slide 101
Slide 102
Slide 103
Slide 104
Slide 105
Objective 35
Slide 107
Slide 108
Objective 36
Slide 110
Slide 111
Slide 112
Objective 37
Slide 114
Slide 115
Goal 4
Objective 41
Slide 118
Slide 119
Slide 120
Objective 42
Slide 122
Slide 123
Slide 124
Objective 43
Slide 126
Slide 127
Objective 44
Slide 129
Slide 130
Slide 131
Objective 45
Slide 133
Slide 134
Slide 135
Objective 46
Slide 137
Slide 138
Conclusion
Resources
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation